Sema.h revision 1169e2fa84939325bdf1d0f558c63e87404a6b57
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtOpenMP.h" 27#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 44#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 50#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 51#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 52#include <deque> 53#include <string> 54#include <vector> 55 56namespace llvm { 57 class APSInt; 58 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 59 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 60 class SmallBitVector; 61} 62 63namespace clang { 64 class ADLResult; 65 class ASTConsumer; 66 class ASTContext; 67 class ASTMutationListener; 68 class ASTReader; 69 class ASTWriter; 70 class ArrayType; 71 class AttributeList; 72 class BlockDecl; 73 class CapturedDecl; 74 class CXXBasePath; 75 class CXXBasePaths; 76 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 77 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 78 class CXXConstructorDecl; 79 class CXXConversionDecl; 80 class CXXDestructorDecl; 81 class CXXFieldCollector; 82 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 83 class CXXMethodDecl; 84 class CXXScopeSpec; 85 class CXXTemporary; 86 class CXXTryStmt; 87 class CallExpr; 88 class ClassTemplateDecl; 89 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 90 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OverloadCandidateSet; 143 class OverloadExpr; 144 class ParenListExpr; 145 class ParmVarDecl; 146 class Preprocessor; 147 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 148 class PseudoObjectExpr; 149 class QualType; 150 class StandardConversionSequence; 151 class Stmt; 152 class StringLiteral; 153 class SwitchStmt; 154 class TargetAttributesSema; 155 class TemplateArgument; 156 class TemplateArgumentList; 157 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 158 class TemplateDecl; 159 class TemplateParameterList; 160 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 161 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 162 class Token; 163 class TypeAliasDecl; 164 class TypedefDecl; 165 class TypedefNameDecl; 166 class TypeLoc; 167 class UnqualifiedId; 168 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 169 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 170 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 171 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 172 class UsingDecl; 173 class UsingShadowDecl; 174 class ValueDecl; 175 class VarDecl; 176 class VisibilityAttr; 177 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 178 class IndirectFieldDecl; 179 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 180 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 181 182namespace sema { 183 class AccessedEntity; 184 class BlockScopeInfo; 185 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 186 class CapturingScopeInfo; 187 class CompoundScopeInfo; 188 class DelayedDiagnostic; 189 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 190 class FunctionScopeInfo; 191 class LambdaScopeInfo; 192 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 193 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 194} 195 196// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 197// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 198typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 199 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 200 201/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 202class Sema { 203 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 204 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 205 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 206 207 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 208 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 209 210 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 211 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 212 213 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 214 215 static bool 216 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 217 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 218 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 219 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 220 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 221 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 222 // with internal linkage. 223 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 224 } 225 226public: 227 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 228 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 229 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 230 231 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 232 FPOptions FPFeatures; 233 234 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 235 Preprocessor &PP; 236 ASTContext &Context; 237 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 238 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 239 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 240 241 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 242 bool CollectStats; 243 244 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 245 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 246 247 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 248 DeclContext *CurContext; 249 250 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 251 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 252 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 253 254 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 255 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 256 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 257 258 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 259 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 260 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 261 262 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 263 264 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 265 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 266 267 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 268 /// 269 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 270 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 271 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 272 273 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 274 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 275 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 276 277 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 278 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 279 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 280 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 281 282 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 283 284 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 285 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 286 /// 287 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 288 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 289 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 290 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 291 292 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 293 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 294 ExtVectorDeclsType; 295 296 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 297 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 298 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 299 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 300 301 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 302 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 303 304 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 305 306 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 307 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 308 309 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 310 311 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 312 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 313 /// same list more than once. 314 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 315 316 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 317 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 318 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 319 320 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 321 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 322 /// 323 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 324 /// scopes, e.g., 325 /// 326 /// \code 327 /// extern "C" void f() { 328 /// void foo(int, int); 329 /// } 330 /// \endcode 331 /// 332 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 333 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 334 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 335 /// 336 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 337 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 338 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 339 /// for compatibility. 340 /// 341 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 342 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 343 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 344 /// not visible. 345 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 346 347 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 348 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 349 350 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 351 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 352 TentativeDefinitionsType; 353 354 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 355 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 356 357 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 358 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 359 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 360 361 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 362 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 363 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 364 365 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 366 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 367 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 368 369 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 370 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 371 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 372 373 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 374 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 375 /// exception spec. 376 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 377 378 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 379 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 380 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 381 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 382 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 383 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 384 385 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 386 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 387 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 388 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 389 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 390 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 391 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 392 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 393 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 394 395 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 396 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 397 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 398 void *OpaqueParser; 399 400 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 401 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 402 OpaqueParser = P; 403 } 404 405 class DelayedDiagnostics; 406 407 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 408 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 409 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 410 }; 411 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 412 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 413 414 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 415 /// during parsing and other processing. 416 class DelayedDiagnostics { 417 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 418 /// diagnostics should go. 419 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 420 421 public: 422 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 423 424 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 425 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 426 427 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 428 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 429 430 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 431 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 432 return CurPool; 433 } 434 435 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 436 /// collected in this pool. 437 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 438 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 439 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 440 CurPool = &pool; 441 return state; 442 } 443 444 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 445 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 446 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 447 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 448 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 449 } 450 451 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 452 /// not delayed. 453 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 454 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 455 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 456 CurPool = 0; 457 return state; 458 } 459 460 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 461 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 462 assert(CurPool == NULL); 463 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 464 } 465 } DelayedDiagnostics; 466 467 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 468 class ContextRAII { 469 private: 470 Sema &S; 471 DeclContext *SavedContext; 472 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 473 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 474 475 public: 476 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 477 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 478 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 479 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 480 { 481 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 482 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 483 } 484 485 void pop() { 486 if (!SavedContext) return; 487 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 488 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 489 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 490 SavedContext = 0; 491 } 492 493 ~ContextRAII() { 494 pop(); 495 } 496 }; 497 498 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 499 /// a function body. 500 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 501 Sema &S; 502 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 503 504 public: 505 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 506 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 507 { 508 S.PushFunctionScope(); 509 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 510 } 511 512 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 513 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 514 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 515 } 516 }; 517 518 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 519 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 520 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 521 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 522 523 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 524 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 525 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 526 /// in the currently selected standard. 527 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 528 529 530 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 531 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 532 533 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 534 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 535 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 536 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 537 /// It would be best to refactor this. 538 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 539 540 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 541 542 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 543 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 544 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 545 Scope *TUScope; 546 547 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 548 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 549 550 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 551 /// standard library. 552 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 553 554 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 555 /// \<initializer_list>. 556 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 557 558 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 559 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 560 561 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 562 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 563 564 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 565 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 566 567 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 568 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 569 570 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 571 QualType NSNumberPointer; 572 573 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 574 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 575 576 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 578 579 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 580 QualType NSStringPointer; 581 582 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 583 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 584 585 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 586 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 587 588 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 589 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 590 591 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 592 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 593 594 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 595 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 596 597 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 598 QualType QIDNSCopying; 599 600 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 601 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 602 603 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 604 /// have been declared. 605 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 606 607 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 608 /// references to fields. This is really a 609 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 610 611 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 612 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 613 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 614 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 615 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 616 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 617 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 618 /// run time. 619 Unevaluated, 620 621 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 622 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 623 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 624 UnevaluatedAbstract, 625 626 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 627 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 628 /// cases in a switch statment). 629 ConstantEvaluated, 630 631 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 632 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 633 /// expression at run time. 634 PotentiallyEvaluated, 635 636 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 637 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 638 /// in fact the current expression is used. 639 /// 640 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 641 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 642 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 643 /// until the default argument is used. 644 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 645 }; 646 647 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 648 /// expression evaluation contexts. 649 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 650 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 651 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 652 653 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 654 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 655 656 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 657 bool IsDecltype; 658 659 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 660 /// this expression evaluation context. 661 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 662 663 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 664 665 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 666 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 667 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 668 669 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 670 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 671 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 672 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 673 674 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 675 /// and block literals within this context. 676 /// 677 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 678 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 679 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 680 681 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 682 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 683 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 684 685 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 686 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 687 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 688 689 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 690 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 691 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 692 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 693 bool IsDecltype) 694 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 695 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 696 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 697 698 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 699 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 700 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() { 701 assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration"); 702 if (!MangleNumbering) 703 MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext; 704 return *MangleNumbering; 705 } 706 707 bool isUnevaluated() const { 708 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 709 } 710 }; 711 712 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 713 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 714 715 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 716 /// block literal. 717 /// 718 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 719 /// block literal. 720 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 721 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 722 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 723 const DeclContext *DC, 724 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 725 726 727 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 728 /// function. 729 /// 730 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 731 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 732 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 733 public: 734 enum Kind { 735 NoMemberOrDeleted, 736 Ambiguous, 737 Success 738 }; 739 740 private: 741 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 742 743 public: 744 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 745 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 746 {} 747 748 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 749 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 750 751 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 752 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 753 }; 754 755 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 756 /// for C++ records. 757 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 758 759 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 760 /// 761 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 762 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 763 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 764 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 765 /// checks. 766 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 767 768 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 769 770 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 771 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 772 773 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 774 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 775 776 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 777 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 778 /// 779 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 780 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 781 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 782 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 783 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 784 785 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 786 // argument locations. 787 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 788 789 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 790 /// definition in this translation unit. 791 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 792 793 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 794 void getUndefinedButUsed( 795 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 796 797 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 798 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 799 800 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 801 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 802 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 803 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 804 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 805 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 806 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 807 808 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 809 /// of -Wselector. 810 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 811 812 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 813 enum CXXSpecialMember { 814 CXXDefaultConstructor, 815 CXXCopyConstructor, 816 CXXMoveConstructor, 817 CXXCopyAssignment, 818 CXXMoveAssignment, 819 CXXDestructor, 820 CXXInvalid 821 }; 822 823 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 824 825 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 826 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 827 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 828 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 829 830 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 831 832 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 833 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 834 835 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 836 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 837 /// should not be used elsewhere. 838 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 839 840 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 841 /// statements. 842 class FPContractStateRAII { 843 public: 844 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 845 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 846 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 847 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 848 } 849 private: 850 Sema& S; 851 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 852 }; 853 854 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 855 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 856 857public: 858 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 859 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 860 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 861 ~Sema(); 862 863 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 864 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 865 void Initialize(); 866 867 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 868 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 869 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 870 871 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 872 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 873 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 874 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 875 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 876 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 877 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 878 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 879 880 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 881 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 882 /// 883 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 884 /// 885 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 886 887 void PrintStats() const; 888 889 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 890 /// template instantiation stacks. 891 /// 892 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 893 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 894 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 895 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 896 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 897 /// well. 898 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 899 Sema &SemaRef; 900 unsigned DiagID; 901 902 public: 903 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 904 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 905 906 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 907 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 908 if (!isActive()) return; 909 910 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 911 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 912 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 913 // 914 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 915 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 916 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 917 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 918 // eliminate that code. 919 FlushCounts(); 920 Clear(); 921 922 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 923 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 924 } 925 926 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 927 template<typename T> 928 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 929 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 930 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 931 BaseDiag << Value; 932 return Diag; 933 } 934 }; 935 936 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 937 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 938 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 939 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 940 } 941 942 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 943 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 944 945 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 946 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 947 948 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 949 950 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 951 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 952 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 953 954 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 955 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 956 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 957 958 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 959 960 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 961 962 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 963 964 void PushFunctionScope(); 965 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 966 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 967 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 968 RecordDecl *RD, 969 CapturedRegionKind K); 970 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 971 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 972 973 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 974 return FunctionScopes.back(); 975 } 976 977 template <typename ExprT> 978 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 979 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 980 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 981 } 982 983 void PushCompoundScope(); 984 void PopCompoundScope(); 985 986 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 987 988 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 989 990 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 991 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 992 993 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 994 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 995 996 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 997 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 998 999 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1000 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1001 1002 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1003 1004 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1005 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1006 // 1007 1008 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1009 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1010 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1011 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1012 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1013 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1014 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1015 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1016 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1017 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1018 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1019 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1020 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1021 1022 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1023 1024 /// \brief Build a function type. 1025 /// 1026 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1027 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1028 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1029 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1030 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1031 /// 1032 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1033 /// 1034 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1035 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1036 /// function parameters. 1037 /// 1038 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1039 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1040 /// type that will have function type. 1041 /// 1042 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1043 /// type, if known. 1044 /// 1045 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1046 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1047 /// 1048 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1049 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1050 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1051 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1052 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1053 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1054 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1055 1056 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1057 SourceLocation Loc, 1058 DeclarationName Entity); 1059 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1060 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1061 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1062 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1063 1064 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1065 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1066 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1067 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1068 1069 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1070 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1071 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1072 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1073 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1074 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1075 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1076 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1077 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1078 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1079 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1080 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1081 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1082 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1083 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1084 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1085 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1086 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1087 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1088 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1089 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1090 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1091 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1092 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1093 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1094 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1095 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1096 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1097 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1098 1099 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1100 1101 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1102 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1103 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1104 1105 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1106 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1107 bool Suppressed; 1108 1109 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1110 1111 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1112 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1113 }; 1114 1115 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1116 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1117 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1118 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1119 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1120 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1121 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1122 return II; 1123 } 1124 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1125 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1126 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1127 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1128 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1129 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1130 1131 template<typename T1> 1132 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1133 unsigned DiagID; 1134 const T1 &Arg1; 1135 1136 public: 1137 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1138 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1139 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1140 if (Suppressed) return; 1141 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1142 } 1143 1144 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1145 }; 1146 1147 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1148 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1149 unsigned DiagID; 1150 const T1 &Arg1; 1151 const T2 &Arg2; 1152 1153 public: 1154 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1155 const T2 &Arg2) 1156 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1157 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1158 1159 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1160 if (Suppressed) return; 1161 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1162 } 1163 1164 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1165 }; 1166 1167 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1168 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1169 unsigned DiagID; 1170 const T1 &Arg1; 1171 const T2 &Arg2; 1172 const T3 &Arg3; 1173 1174 public: 1175 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1176 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1177 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1178 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1179 1180 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1181 if (Suppressed) return; 1182 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1183 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1184 } 1185 1186 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1187 }; 1188 1189private: 1190 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1191 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1192public: 1193 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1194 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1195 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1196 unsigned DiagID); 1197 1198 template<typename T1> 1199 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1200 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1201 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1202 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1203 } 1204 1205 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1206 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1207 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1208 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1209 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1210 } 1211 1212 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1213 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1214 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1215 const T3 &Arg3) { 1216 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1217 Arg3); 1218 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1219 } 1220 1221 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1222 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1223 1224 template<typename T1> 1225 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1226 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1227 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1228 } 1229 1230 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1231 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1232 const T2 &Arg2) { 1233 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1234 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1235 } 1236 1237 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1238 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1239 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1240 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1241 Arg3); 1242 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1243 } 1244 1245 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1246 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1247 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1248 1249 template<typename T1> 1250 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1251 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1252 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1253 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1254 } 1255 1256 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1257 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1258 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1259 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1260 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1261 } 1262 1263 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1264 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1265 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1266 const T3 &Arg3) { 1267 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1268 Arg3); 1269 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1270 } 1271 1272 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1273 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1274 1275 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1276 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1277 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1278 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1279 SourceLocation Loc); 1280 1281 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1282 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1283 // 1284 1285 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1286 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1287 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1288 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1289 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1290 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1291 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1292 /// such as: 1293 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1294 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1295 1296 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1297 1298 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1299 1300 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1301 1302 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1303 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1304 bool isClassName = false, 1305 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1306 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1307 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1308 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1309 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1310 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1311 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1312 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1313 SourceLocation IILoc, 1314 Scope *S, 1315 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1316 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1317 1318 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1319 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1320 enum NameClassificationKind { 1321 NC_Unknown, 1322 NC_Error, 1323 NC_Keyword, 1324 NC_Type, 1325 NC_Expression, 1326 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1327 NC_TypeTemplate, 1328 NC_FunctionTemplate 1329 }; 1330 1331 class NameClassification { 1332 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1333 ExprResult Expr; 1334 TemplateName Template; 1335 ParsedType Type; 1336 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1337 1338 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1339 1340 public: 1341 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1342 1343 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1344 1345 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1346 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1347 1348 static NameClassification Error() { 1349 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1350 } 1351 1352 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1353 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1354 } 1355 1356 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1357 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1358 } 1359 1360 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1361 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1362 Result.Template = Name; 1363 return Result; 1364 } 1365 1366 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1367 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1368 Result.Template = Name; 1369 return Result; 1370 } 1371 1372 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1373 1374 ParsedType getType() const { 1375 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1376 return Type; 1377 } 1378 1379 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1380 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1381 return Expr; 1382 } 1383 1384 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1385 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1386 return Template; 1387 } 1388 1389 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1390 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1391 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1392 } 1393 }; 1394 1395 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1396 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1397 /// 1398 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1399 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1400 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1401 /// 1402 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1403 /// 1404 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1405 /// 1406 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1407 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1408 /// 1409 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1410 /// 1411 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1412 /// disambiguate the name. 1413 /// 1414 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1415 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1416 /// expression. 1417 /// 1418 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1419 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1420 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1421 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1422 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1423 const Token &NextToken, 1424 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1425 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1426 1427 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1428 1429 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1430 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1431 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1432 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1433 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1434 DeclarationName Name, 1435 SourceLocation Loc); 1436 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1437 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1438 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1439 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1440 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1441 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1443 LookupResult &Previous); 1444 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1445 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1446 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1447 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1448 LookupResult &Previous, 1449 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1450 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1451 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1452 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1453 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1454 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1455 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1456 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1457 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1458 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1459 LookupResult &Previous, 1460 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1461 bool &AddToScope); 1462 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1463 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1464 1465 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1466 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1467 1468 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1469 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1470 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1471 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1472 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1473 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1474 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1475 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1476 SourceLocation Loc, 1477 QualType T); 1478 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1479 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1480 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1481 StorageClass SC); 1482 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1483 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1484 Expr *defarg); 1485 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1486 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1487 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1488 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1489 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1490 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1491 1492 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1493 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1494 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1495 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1496 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1497 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1498 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1499 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1500 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1501 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1502 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1503 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1504 1505 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1506 /// documentation comments. 1507 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1508 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1509 1510 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1511 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1512 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1513 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1514 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1515 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1516 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1517 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1518 } 1519 1520 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1521 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1522 /// code for that function. 1523 /// 1524 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1525 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1526 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1527 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1528 1529 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1530 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1531 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1532 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1533 1534 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1535 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1536 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1537 1538 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1539 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1540 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1541 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1542 1543 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1544 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1545 /// specified threshold. 1546 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1547 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1548 QualType ReturnTy, 1549 NamedDecl *D); 1550 1551 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1552 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1553 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1554 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1555 1556 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1557 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1558 AttributeList *AttrList, 1559 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1560 1561 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1562 /// 1563 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1564 /// 1565 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1566 /// 1567 /// \param Path The module access path. 1568 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1569 ModuleIdPath Path); 1570 1571 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1572 /// source location. 1573 /// 1574 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1575 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1576 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1577 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1578 1579 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1580 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1581 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1582 } 1583 1584 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1585 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1586 const Preprocessor &PP); 1587 1588 /// Scope actions. 1589 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1590 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1591 1592 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1593 DeclSpec &DS); 1594 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1595 DeclSpec &DS, 1596 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1597 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1598 1599 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1600 AccessSpecifier AS, 1601 RecordDecl *Record); 1602 1603 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1604 RecordDecl *Record); 1605 1606 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1607 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1608 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1609 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1610 1611 enum TagUseKind { 1612 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1613 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1614 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1615 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1616 }; 1617 1618 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1619 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1620 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1621 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1622 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1623 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1624 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1625 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1626 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1627 1628 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1629 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1630 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1631 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1632 AttributeList *Attr, 1633 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1634 1635 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1636 unsigned TagSpec, 1637 TagUseKind TUK, 1638 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1639 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1640 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1641 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1642 1643 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1644 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1645 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1646 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1647 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1648 1649 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1650 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1651 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1652 AccessSpecifier AS); 1653 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1654 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1655 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1656 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1657 AccessSpecifier AS, 1658 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1659 1660 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1661 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1662 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1663 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1664 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1665 SourceLocation TSSL, 1666 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1667 Declarator *D = 0); 1668 1669 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1670 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1671 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1672 bool Diagnose = false); 1673 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1674 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1675 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1676 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1677 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1678 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1679 1680 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1681 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1682 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1683 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1684 AttributeList *AttrList); 1685 1686 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1687 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1688 /// struct, or union). 1689 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1690 1691 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1692 1693 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1694 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1695 /// member declarations. 1696 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1697 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1698 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1699 1700 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1701 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1702 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1703 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1704 1705 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1706 1707 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1708 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1709 /// 1710 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1711 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1712 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1713 1714 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1715 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1716 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1717 1718 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1719 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1720 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1721 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1722 Expr *val); 1723 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1724 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1725 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1726 1727 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1728 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1729 AttributeList *Attrs, 1730 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1731 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1732 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1733 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1734 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1735 1736 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1737 1738 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1739 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1740 void PopDeclContext(); 1741 1742 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1743 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1744 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1745 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1746 1747 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1748 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1749 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1750 1751 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1752 1753 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1754 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1755 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1756 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1757 1758 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1759 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1760 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1761 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1762 1763 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1764 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1765 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1766 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1767 1768 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1769 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1770 1771 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1772 /// top level scope. 1773 /// 1774 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1775 /// 1776 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1777 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1778 1779 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1780 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1781 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1782 /// 1783 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1784 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1785 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1786 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1787 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1788 1789 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1790 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1791 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1792 1793 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1794 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1795 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1796 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1797 1798 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1799 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1800 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1801 VersionTuple Introduced, 1802 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1803 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1804 bool IsUnavailable, 1805 StringRef Message, 1806 bool Override, 1807 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1808 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1809 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1810 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1811 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1812 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1813 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1814 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1815 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1816 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1817 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1818 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1819 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1820 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1821 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1822 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1823 1824 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1825 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1826 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1827 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1828 AMK_None, 1829 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1830 /// an exact match. 1831 AMK_Redeclaration, 1832 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1833 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1834 AMK_Override 1835 }; 1836 1837 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1838 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1839 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1840 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1841 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1842 Scope *S); 1843 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1844 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1845 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1846 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1847 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1848 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1849 1850 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1851 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1852 enum AssignmentAction { 1853 AA_Assigning, 1854 AA_Passing, 1855 AA_Returning, 1856 AA_Converting, 1857 AA_Initializing, 1858 AA_Sending, 1859 AA_Casting 1860 }; 1861 1862 /// C++ Overloading. 1863 enum OverloadKind { 1864 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1865 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1866 Ovl_Overload, 1867 1868 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1869 /// an existing declaration. 1870 Ovl_Match, 1871 1872 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1873 /// non-function. 1874 Ovl_NonFunction 1875 }; 1876 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1877 FunctionDecl *New, 1878 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1879 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1880 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1881 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1882 1883 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1884 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1885 /// 1886 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1887 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1888 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1889 1890 ImplicitConversionSequence 1891 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1892 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1893 bool AllowExplicit, 1894 bool InOverloadResolution, 1895 bool CStyle, 1896 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1897 1898 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1899 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1900 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1901 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1902 bool InOverloadResolution, 1903 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1904 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1905 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1906 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1907 QualType &ConvertedType); 1908 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1909 QualType& ConvertedType); 1910 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1911 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1912 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1913 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1914 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1915 1916 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1917 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1918 CastKind &Kind, 1919 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1920 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1921 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1922 bool InOverloadResolution, 1923 QualType &ConvertedType); 1924 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1925 CastKind &Kind, 1926 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1927 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1928 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1929 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1930 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1931 QualType &ResultTy); 1932 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1933 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1934 1935 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1936 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1937 QualType ResultType, 1938 Expr *Value, 1939 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1940 1941 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1942 ExprResult Init); 1943 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1944 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1945 ExprResult Init, 1946 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1947 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1948 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1949 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1950 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1951 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1952 1953 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1954 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1955 1956 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1957 enum CCEKind { 1958 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1959 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1960 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1961 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1962 }; 1963 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1964 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1965 1966 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1967 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1968 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1969 public: 1970 bool Suppress; 1971 bool SuppressConversion; 1972 1973 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 1974 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1975 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 1976 1977 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 1978 /// for this conversion. 1979 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 1980 1981 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1982 /// integral or enumeration type. 1983 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1984 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1985 1986 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1987 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1988 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1989 1990 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1991 /// is explicit. 1992 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1993 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1994 1995 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1996 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1997 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1998 1999 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2000 /// functions. 2001 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2002 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2003 2004 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2005 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2006 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2007 2008 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2009 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2010 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2011 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2012 2013 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2014 }; 2015 2016 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2017 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2018 2019 public: 2020 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2021 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2022 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2023 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2024 2025 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2026 bool match(QualType T); 2027 2028 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2029 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2030 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2031 } 2032 2033 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2034 /// integral or enumeration type. 2035 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2036 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2037 }; 2038 2039 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2040 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2041 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2042 2043 2044 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2045 OS_Array, 2046 OS_Dictionary, 2047 OS_Error 2048 }; 2049 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2050 2051 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2052 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2053 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2054 LK_Array, 2055 LK_Dictionary, 2056 LK_Numeric, 2057 LK_Boxed, 2058 LK_String, 2059 LK_Block, 2060 LK_None 2061 }; 2062 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2063 2064 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2065 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2066 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2067 NamedDecl *Member); 2068 2069 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2070 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2071 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2072 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2073 2074 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2075 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2076 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2077 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2078 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2079 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2080 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2081 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2082 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2083 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2084 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2085 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2086 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2087 QualType ObjectType, 2088 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2089 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2090 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2091 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2092 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2093 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2094 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2095 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2096 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2097 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2098 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2099 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2100 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2101 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2102 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2103 QualType ObjectType, 2104 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2105 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2106 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2107 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2108 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2109 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2110 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2111 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2112 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2113 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2114 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2115 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2116 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2117 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2118 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2119 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2120 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2121 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2122 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2123 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2124 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2125 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2126 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2127 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2128 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2129 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2130 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2131 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2132 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2133 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2134 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2135 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2136 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2137 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2138 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2139 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2140 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2141 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2142 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2143 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2144 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2145 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2146 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2147 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2148 2149 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2150 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2151 2152 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2153 // identified by the expression Expr 2154 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2155 2156 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2157 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2158 // R (A) --> R(A) 2159 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2160 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2161 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2162 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2163 2164 FunctionDecl * 2165 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2166 QualType TargetType, 2167 bool Complain, 2168 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2169 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2170 2171 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2172 bool Complain = false, 2173 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2174 2175 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2176 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2177 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2178 bool Complain = false, 2179 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2180 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2181 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2182 2183 2184 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2185 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2186 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2187 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2188 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2189 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2190 2191 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2192 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2193 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2194 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2195 2196 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2197 // range-based for loop. 2198 enum ForRangeStatus { 2199 FRS_Success, 2200 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2201 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2202 }; 2203 2204 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2205 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2206 enum BeginEndFunction { 2207 BEF_begin, 2208 BEF_end 2209 }; 2210 2211 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2212 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2213 VarDecl *Decl, 2214 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2215 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2216 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2217 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2218 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2219 2220 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2221 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2222 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2223 MultiExprArg Args, 2224 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2225 Expr *ExecConfig, 2226 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2227 2228 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2229 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2230 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2231 ExprResult *Result); 2232 2233 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2234 unsigned Opc, 2235 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2236 Expr *input); 2237 2238 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2239 unsigned Opc, 2240 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2241 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2242 2243 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2244 SourceLocation RLoc, 2245 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2246 2247 ExprResult 2248 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2249 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2250 MultiExprArg Args, 2251 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2252 ExprResult 2253 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2254 MultiExprArg Args, 2255 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2256 2257 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2258 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2259 2260 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2261 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2262 /// that best represents the call. 2263 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2264 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2265 2266 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2267 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2268 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2269 bool CheckParameterNames); 2270 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2271 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2272 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2273 2274 /// \name Name lookup 2275 /// 2276 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2277 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2278 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2279 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2280 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2281 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2282 /// 2283 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2284 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2285 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2286 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2287 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2288 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2289 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2290 /// 2291 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2292 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2293 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2294 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2295 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2296 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2297 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2298 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2299 //@{ 2300 2301 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2302 enum LookupNameKind { 2303 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2304 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2305 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2306 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2307 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2308 /// structs, and unions. 2309 LookupTagName, 2310 /// Label name lookup. 2311 LookupLabel, 2312 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2313 /// class/struct/union members. 2314 LookupMemberName, 2315 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2316 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2317 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2318 LookupOperatorName, 2319 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2320 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2321 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2322 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2323 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2324 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2325 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2326 LookupNamespaceName, 2327 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2328 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2329 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2330 LookupUsingDeclName, 2331 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2332 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2333 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2334 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2335 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2336 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2337 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2338 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2339 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2340 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2341 LookupAnyName 2342 }; 2343 2344 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2345 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2346 enum RedeclarationKind { 2347 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2348 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2349 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2350 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2351 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2352 ForRedeclaration 2353 }; 2354 2355 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2356 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2357 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2358 LOLR_Error, 2359 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2360 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2361 LOLR_Cooked, 2362 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2363 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2364 LOLR_Raw, 2365 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2366 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2367 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2368 LOLR_Template 2369 }; 2370 2371 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2372 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2373 bool ConstArg, 2374 bool VolatileArg, 2375 bool RValueThis, 2376 bool ConstThis, 2377 bool VolatileThis); 2378 2379private: 2380 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2381 2382 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2383 // 2384 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2385 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2386 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2387 2388 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2389 /// source. 2390 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2391 2392public: 2393 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2394 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2395 /// 2396 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2397 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2398 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2399 SourceLocation Loc, 2400 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2401 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2402 = NotForRedeclaration); 2403 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2404 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2405 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2406 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2407 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2408 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2409 bool EnteringContext = false); 2410 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2411 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2412 = NotForRedeclaration); 2413 2414 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2415 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2416 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2417 2418 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2419 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2420 2421 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2422 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2423 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2424 unsigned Quals); 2425 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2426 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2427 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2428 unsigned Quals); 2429 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2430 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2431 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2432 2433 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2434 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2435 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2436 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2437 2438 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2439 SourceLocation Loc, 2440 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2441 ADLResult &Functions); 2442 2443 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2444 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2445 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2446 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2447 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2448 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2449 2450 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2451 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2452 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2453 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2454 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2455 bool EnteringContext = false, 2456 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2457 2458 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2459 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2460 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2461 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2462 2463 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2464 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2465 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2466 2467 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2468 //@} 2469 2470 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2471 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2472 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2473 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2474 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2475 SourceLocation Loc); 2476 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2477 Scope *S); 2478 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2479 2480 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2481 2482 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2483 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2484 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2485 bool NonInheritable = true, 2486 bool Inheritable = true); 2487 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2488 bool NonInheritable = true, 2489 bool Inheritable = true, 2490 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2491 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2492 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2493 2494 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2495 2496 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2497 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2498 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2499 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2500 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2501 2502 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2503 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2504 SourceRange Range); 2505 2506 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2507 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2508 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2509 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2510 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2511 2512 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2513 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2514 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2515 2516 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2517 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2518 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2519 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2520 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2521 2522 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2523 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2524 2525 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2526 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2527 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2528 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2529 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2530 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2531 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2532 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2533 2534 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2535 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2536 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2537 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2538 SourceLocation Loc); 2539 2540 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2541 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2542 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2543 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2544 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2545 2546 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2547 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2548 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2549 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2550 2551 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2552 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2553 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2554 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2555 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2556 2557 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2558 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2559 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2560 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2561 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2562 2563 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2564 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2565 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2566 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2567 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2568 2569 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2570 /// class extensions. 2571 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2572 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2573 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2574 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2575 Selector GetterSel, 2576 Selector SetterSel, 2577 const bool isAssign, 2578 const bool isReadWrite, 2579 const unsigned Attributes, 2580 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2581 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2582 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2583 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2584 2585 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2586 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2587 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2588 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2589 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2590 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2591 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2592 Selector GetterSel, 2593 Selector SetterSel, 2594 const bool isAssign, 2595 const bool isReadWrite, 2596 const unsigned Attributes, 2597 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2598 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2599 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2600 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2601 2602 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2603 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2604 /// setter or getter. 2605 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2606 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2607 2608 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2609 2610 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2611 2612 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2613 MMS_loose, 2614 MMS_strict 2615 }; 2616 2617 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2618 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2619 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2620 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2621 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2622 2623 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2624 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2625 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2626 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2627 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2628 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2629 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2630 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2631 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2632 bool ImmediateClass, 2633 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2634 2635 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2636 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2637 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2638 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2639 2640 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2641 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2642 2643private: 2644 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2645 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2646 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2647 2648 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2649 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2650 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2651 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2652 bool warn, bool instance); 2653 2654public: 2655 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2656 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2657 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2658 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2659 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2660 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2661 } 2662 2663 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2664 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2665 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2666 } 2667 2668 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2669 /// pool. 2670 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2671 2672 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2673 /// there are multiple signatures. 2674 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2675 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2676 bool warn=true) { 2677 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2678 warn, /*instance*/true); 2679 } 2680 2681 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2682 /// there are multiple signatures. 2683 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2684 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2685 bool warn=true) { 2686 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2687 warn, /*instance*/false); 2688 } 2689 2690 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2691 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2692 2693 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2694 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2695 /// have mismathched types. 2696 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2697 2698 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2699 /// implementation. 2700 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2701 2702 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2703 /// initialization. 2704 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2705 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2706 2707 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2708 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2709public: 2710 class FullExprArg { 2711 public: 2712 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2713 2714 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2715 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2716 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2717 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2718 2719 ExprResult release() { 2720 return E; 2721 } 2722 2723 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2724 2725 Expr *operator->() { 2726 return E; 2727 } 2728 2729 private: 2730 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2731 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2732 friend class Sema; 2733 2734 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2735 2736 Expr *E; 2737 }; 2738 2739 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2740 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2741 } 2742 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2743 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2744 } 2745 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2746 ExprResult FE = 2747 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2748 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2749 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2750 } 2751 2752 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2753 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2754 2755 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2756 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2757 2758 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2759 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2760 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2761 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2762 bool isStmtExpr); 2763 2764 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2765 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2766 public: 2767 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2768 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2769 } 2770 2771 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2772 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2773 } 2774 2775 private: 2776 Sema &S; 2777 }; 2778 2779 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2780 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2781 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2782 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2783 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2784 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2785 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2786 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2787 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2788 2789 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2790 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2791 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2792 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2793 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2794 2795 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2796 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2797 Stmt *SubStmt); 2798 2799 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2800 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2801 Stmt *ThenVal, 2802 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2803 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2804 Expr *Cond, 2805 Decl *CondVar); 2806 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2807 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2808 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2809 FullExprArg Cond, 2810 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2811 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2812 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2813 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2814 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2815 2816 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2817 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2818 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2819 Decl *SecondVar, 2820 FullExprArg Third, 2821 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2822 Stmt *Body); 2823 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2824 Expr *collection); 2825 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2826 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2827 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2828 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2829 2830 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2831 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2832 BFRK_Build, 2833 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2834 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2835 BFRK_Rebuild, 2836 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2837 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2838 BFRK_Check 2839 }; 2840 2841 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2842 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2843 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2844 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2845 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2846 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2847 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2848 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2849 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2850 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2851 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2852 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2853 2854 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2855 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2856 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2857 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2858 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2859 Expr *DestExp); 2860 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2861 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2862 2863 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2864 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2865 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2866 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2867 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2868 SourceLocation Loc, 2869 unsigned NumParams); 2870 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2871 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2872 2873 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2874 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2875 2876 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2877 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2878 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2879 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2880 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2881 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2882 2883 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2884 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2885 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2886 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2887 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2888 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2889 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2890 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2891 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2892 StringRef AsmString, 2893 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2894 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2895 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2896 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2897 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2898 2899 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2900 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2901 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2902 bool Invalid = false); 2903 2904 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2905 2906 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2907 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2908 2909 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2910 2911 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2912 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2913 2914 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2915 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2916 Scope *CurScope); 2917 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2918 Expr *operand); 2919 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2920 Expr *SynchExpr, 2921 Stmt *SynchBody); 2922 2923 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2924 2925 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2926 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2927 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2928 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2929 2930 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2931 2932 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2933 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2934 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2935 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2936 2937 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2938 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2939 Stmt *TryBlock, 2940 Stmt *Handler); 2941 2942 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2943 Expr *FilterExpr, 2944 Stmt *Block); 2945 2946 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2947 Stmt *Block); 2948 2949 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2950 2951 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2952 2953 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2954 /// of it. 2955 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2956 2957 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2958 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2959 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2960 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2961 2962 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2963 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2964 /// 2965 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2966 /// if (condition); 2967 /// do_stuff(); 2968 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2969 const Stmt *Body, 2970 unsigned DiagID); 2971 2972 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2973 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2974 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2975 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2976 2977 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2978 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2979 } 2980 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2981 2982 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2983 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2984 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2985 } 2986 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2987 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2988 } 2989 2990 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2991 2992 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2993 SourceLocation Loc, 2994 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2995 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2996 2997 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2998 2999 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3000 StringRef message); 3001 3002 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3003 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3004 3005 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3006 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3007 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3008 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3009 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3010 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3011 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3012 SourceLocation Loc); 3013 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3014 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3015 3016 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3017 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3018 bool IsDecltype = false); 3019 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3020 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3021 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3022 bool IsDecltype = false); 3023 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3024 3025 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3026 3027 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3028 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3029 3030 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3031 3032 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3033 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3034 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3035 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3036 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3037 // named expressions. 3038 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3039 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3040 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3041 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3042 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3043 3044 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3045 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3046 3047 enum TryCaptureKind { 3048 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3049 }; 3050 3051 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3052 /// 3053 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3054 /// 3055 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3056 /// 3057 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3058 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3059 /// 3060 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3061 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3062 /// 3063 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3064 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3065 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3066 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3067 /// 3068 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3069 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3070 /// variable can be captured. 3071 /// 3072 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3073 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3074 /// captured. 3075 /// 3076 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3077 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3078 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3079 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3080 QualType &CaptureType, 3081 QualType &DeclRefType); 3082 3083 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3084 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3085 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3086 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3087 3088 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3089 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3090 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3091 3092 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3093 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3094 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3095 3096 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3097 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3098 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3099 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3100 bool ForceComplain = false, 3101 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3102 3103 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3104 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3105 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3106 3107 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3108 /// evaluation context. 3109 /// 3110 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3111 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3112 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3113 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3114 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3115 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3116 3117 // Primary Expressions. 3118 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3119 3120 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3121 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3122 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3123 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3124 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3125 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3126 3127 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3128 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3129 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3130 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3131 3132 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3133 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3134 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3135 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3136 3137 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3138 IdentifierInfo *II, 3139 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3140 3141 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3142 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3143 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3144 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3145 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3146 3147 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3148 ExprValueKind VK, 3149 SourceLocation Loc, 3150 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3151 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3152 ExprValueKind VK, 3153 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3154 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3155 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3156 ExprResult 3157 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3158 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3159 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3160 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3161 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3162 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3163 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3164 3165 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3166 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3167 LookupResult &R, 3168 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3169 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3170 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3171 LookupResult &R, 3172 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3173 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3174 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3175 const LookupResult &R, 3176 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3177 3178 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3179 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3180 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3181 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3182 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3183 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3184 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3185 3186 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3187 LookupResult &R, 3188 bool NeedsADL); 3189 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3190 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3191 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3192 3193 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3194 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3195 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3196 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3197 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3198 3199 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3200 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3201 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3202 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3203 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3204 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3205 SourceLocation R, 3206 MultiExprArg Val); 3207 3208 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3209 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3210 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3211 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3212 3213 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3214 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3215 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3216 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3217 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3218 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3219 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3220 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3221 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3222 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3223 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3224 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3225 3226 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3227 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3228 Expr *InputExpr); 3229 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3230 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3231 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3232 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3233 3234 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3235 3236 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3237 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3238 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3239 SourceRange R); 3240 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3241 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3242 ExprResult 3243 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3244 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3245 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3246 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3247 3248 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3249 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3250 3251 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3252 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3253 SourceRange ExprRange, 3254 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3255 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3256 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3257 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3258 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3259 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3260 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3261 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3262 3263 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3264 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3265 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3266 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3267 3268 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3269 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3270 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3271 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3272 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3273 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3274 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3275 3276 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3277 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3278 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3279 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3280 // defines a custom operator->). 3281 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3282 Scope *S; 3283 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3284 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3285 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3286 }; 3287 3288 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3289 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3290 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3291 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3292 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3293 LookupResult &R, 3294 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3295 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3296 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3297 3298 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3299 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3300 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3301 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3302 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3303 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3304 3305 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3306 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3307 const LookupResult &R); 3308 3309 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3310 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3311 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3312 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3313 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3314 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3315 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3316 3317 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3318 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3319 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3320 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3321 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3322 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3323 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3324 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3325 3326 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3327 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3328 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3329 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3330 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3331 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3332 bool ExecConfig = false); 3333 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3334 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3335 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3336 3337 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3338 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3339 /// locations. 3340 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3341 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3342 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3343 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3344 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3345 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3346 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3347 Expr *Config = 0, 3348 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3349 3350 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3351 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3352 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3353 3354 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3355 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3356 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3357 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3358 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3359 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3360 Expr *Op); 3361 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3362 3363 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3364 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3365 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3367 3368 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3369 3370 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3371 ParsedType Ty, 3372 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3373 Expr *InitExpr); 3374 3375 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3376 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3377 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3378 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3379 3380 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3381 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3382 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3383 3384 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3385 SourceLocation Loc, 3386 bool GNUSyntax, 3387 ExprResult Init); 3388 3389 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3390 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3391 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3392 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3393 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3394 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3395 3396 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3397 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3398 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3399 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3400 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3401 3402 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3403 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3404 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3405 3406 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3407 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3408 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3409 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3410 3411 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3412 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3413 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3414 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3415 union { 3416 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3417 Expr *E; 3418 } U; 3419 }; 3420 3421 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3422 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3424 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3425 unsigned NumComponents, 3426 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3427 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3428 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3429 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3430 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3431 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3432 unsigned NumComponents, 3433 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3434 3435 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3436 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3437 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3438 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3439 3440 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3441 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3442 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3443 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3444 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3445 3446 // __null 3447 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3448 3449 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3450 3451 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3452 enum IfExistsResult { 3453 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3454 IER_Exists, 3455 3456 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3457 IER_DoesNotExist, 3458 3459 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3460 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3461 IER_Dependent, 3462 3463 /// \brief An error occurred. 3464 IER_Error 3465 }; 3466 3467 IfExistsResult 3468 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3469 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3470 3471 IfExistsResult 3472 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3473 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3474 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3475 3476 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3477 bool IsIfExists, 3478 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3479 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3480 Stmt *Nested); 3481 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3482 bool IsIfExists, 3483 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3484 Stmt *Nested); 3485 3486 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3487 3488 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3489 /// started. 3490 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3491 3492 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3493 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3494 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3495 Scope *CurScope); 3496 3497 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3498 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3499 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3500 3501 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3502 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3503 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3504 Scope *CurScope); 3505 3506 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3507 3508 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3509 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3510 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3511 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3512 3513 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3514 3515 // Act on C++ namespaces 3516 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3517 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3518 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3519 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3520 SourceLocation LBrace, 3521 AttributeList *AttrList); 3522 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3523 3524 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3525 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3526 3527 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3528 3529 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3530 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3531 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3532 3533 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3534 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3535 /// 3536 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3537 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3538 3539 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3540 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3541 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3542 3543 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3544 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3545 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3546 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3547 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3548 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3549 AttributeList *AttrList); 3550 3551 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3552 3553 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3554 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3555 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3556 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3557 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3558 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3559 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3560 3561 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3562 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3563 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3564 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3565 NamedDecl *Target); 3566 3567 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3568 bool isTypeName, 3569 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3570 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3571 const LookupResult &Previous); 3572 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3573 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3574 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3575 3576 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3577 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3578 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3579 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3580 AttributeList *AttrList, 3581 bool IsInstantiation, 3582 bool IsTypeName, 3583 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3584 3585 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3586 3587 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3588 AccessSpecifier AS, 3589 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3590 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3591 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3592 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3593 AttributeList *AttrList, 3594 bool IsTypeName, 3595 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3596 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3597 AccessSpecifier AS, 3598 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3599 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3600 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3601 AttributeList *AttrList, 3602 TypeResult Type); 3603 3604 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3605 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3606 /// 3607 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3608 ExprResult 3609 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3610 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3611 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3612 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3613 SourceRange ParenRange); 3614 3615 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3616 // the constructor can be elidable? 3617 ExprResult 3618 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3619 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3620 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3621 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3622 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3623 3624 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3625 /// the default expr if needed. 3626 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3627 FunctionDecl *FD, 3628 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3629 3630 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3631 /// constructed variable. 3632 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3633 3634 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3635 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3636 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3637 // Pointer to allow copying 3638 Sema *Self; 3639 // We order exception specifications thus: 3640 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3641 // throw() comes next. 3642 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3643 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3644 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3645 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3646 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3647 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3648 3649 void ClearExceptions() { 3650 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3651 Exceptions.clear(); 3652 } 3653 3654 public: 3655 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3656 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3657 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3658 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3659 } 3660 3661 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3662 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3663 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3664 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3665 return ComputedEST; 3666 } 3667 3668 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3669 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3670 3671 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3672 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3673 3674 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3675 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3676 3677 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3678 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3679 3680 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3681 /// computed exception specification. 3682 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3683 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3684 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3685 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3686 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3687 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3688 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3689 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3690 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3691 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3692 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3693 tok::kw_false).take(); 3694 } 3695 } 3696 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3697 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3698 getEPI(EPI); 3699 return EPI; 3700 } 3701 }; 3702 3703 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3704 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3705 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3706 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3707 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3708 3709 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3710 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3711 /// will be const. 3712 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3713 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3714 3715 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3716 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3717 /// parameter will be const. 3718 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3719 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3720 3721 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3722 /// constructor of a class will have. 3723 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3724 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3725 3726 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3727 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3728 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3729 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3730 3731 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3732 /// destructor of a class will have. 3733 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3734 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3735 3736 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3737 /// constructor of a class will have. 3738 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3739 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3740 3741 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3742 /// special member function. 3743 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3744 3745 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3746 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3747 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3748 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3749 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3750 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3751 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3752 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3753 3754 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3755 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3756 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3757 bool Diagnose = false); 3758 3759 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3760 /// 3761 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3762 /// default constructor will be added. 3763 /// 3764 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3765 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3766 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3767 3768 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3769 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3770 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3771 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3772 3773 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3774 /// 3775 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3776 /// destructor will be added. 3777 /// 3778 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3779 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3780 3781 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3782 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3783 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3784 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3785 3786 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3787 /// 3788 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3789 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3790 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3791 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3792 3793 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3794 /// 3795 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3796 /// constructors will be added. 3797 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3798 3799 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3800 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3801 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3802 3803 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3804 /// 3805 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3806 /// copy constructor will be added. 3807 /// 3808 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3809 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3810 3811 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3812 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3813 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3814 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3815 3816 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3817 /// 3818 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3819 /// move constructor will be added. 3820 /// 3821 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3822 /// declared. 3823 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3824 3825 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3826 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3827 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3828 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3829 3830 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3831 /// 3832 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3833 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3834 /// 3835 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3836 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3837 3838 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3839 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3840 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3841 3842 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3843 /// 3844 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3845 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3846 /// 3847 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3848 /// wasn't declared. 3849 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3850 3851 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3852 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3853 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3854 3855 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3856 /// class. 3857 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3858 3859 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3860 /// special member function. 3861 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3862 3863 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3864 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3865 /// 3866 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3867 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3868 3869 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3870 /// member function. 3871 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3872 3873 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3874 /// static member function. 3875 /// 3876 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3877 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3878 3879 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3880 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3881 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3882 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3883 3884 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3885 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3886 SourceLocation Loc, 3887 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3888 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3889 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3890 3891 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3892 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3893 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3894 3895 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3896 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3897 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3898 ParsedType ObjectType, 3899 bool EnteringContext); 3900 3901 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3902 3903 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3904 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3905 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3906 3907 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3908 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3909 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3910 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3911 Declarator &D, 3912 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3913 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3914 Expr *E, 3915 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3916 3917 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3918 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3919 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3920 Expr *E, 3921 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3922 SourceRange Parens); 3923 3924 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3925 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3926 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3927 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3928 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3929 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3930 Expr *Operand, 3931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3932 3933 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3934 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3935 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3936 void *TyOrExpr, 3937 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3938 3939 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3940 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3941 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3942 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3943 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3944 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3945 Expr *Operand, 3946 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3947 3948 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3949 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3950 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3951 void *TyOrExpr, 3952 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3953 3954 3955 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3956 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3957 3958 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3959 /// 3960 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3961 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3962 3963 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3964 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3965 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3966 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3967 3968 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3969 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3970 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3971 Sema &S; 3972 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3973 bool Enabled; 3974 3975 public: 3976 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3977 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3978 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3979 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3980 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3981 bool Enabled = true); 3982 3983 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3984 }; 3985 3986 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3987 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3988 /// 3989 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3990 /// 3991 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3992 /// capture list. 3993 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3994 3995 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3996 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3997 /// being defined. 3998 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3999 4000 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4001 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4002 4003 4004 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4005 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4006 4007 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4008 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4009 4010 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4011 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4012 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4013 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4014 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4015 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4016 4017 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4018 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4019 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4020 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4021 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4022 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4023 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4024 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4025 4026 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4027 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4028 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4029 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4030 4031 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4032 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4033 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4034 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4035 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4036 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4037 Expr *Initializer); 4038 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4039 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4040 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4041 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4042 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4043 QualType AllocType, 4044 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4045 Expr *ArraySize, 4046 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4047 Expr *Initializer, 4048 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4049 4050 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4051 SourceRange R); 4052 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4053 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4054 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4055 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4056 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4057 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4058 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4059 DeclContext *Ctx, 4060 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4061 bool Diagnose = true); 4062 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4063 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4064 QualType Argument, 4065 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4066 4067 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4068 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4069 bool Diagnose = true); 4070 4071 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4072 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4073 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4074 Expr *Operand); 4075 4076 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4077 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4078 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4079 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4080 4081 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4082 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4083 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4084 SourceLocation RParen); 4085 4086 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4087 /// pseudo-functions. 4088 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4089 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4090 ParsedType Ty, 4091 SourceLocation RParen); 4092 4093 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4094 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4095 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4096 SourceLocation RParen); 4097 4098 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4099 /// pseudo-functions. 4100 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4101 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4102 ParsedType LhsTy, 4103 ParsedType RhsTy, 4104 SourceLocation RParen); 4105 4106 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4107 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4108 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4109 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4110 SourceLocation RParen); 4111 4112 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4113 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4114 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4115 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4116 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4117 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4118 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4119 4120 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4121 /// pseudo-functions. 4122 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4123 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4124 ParsedType LhsTy, 4125 Expr *DimExpr, 4126 SourceLocation RParen); 4127 4128 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4129 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4130 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4131 Expr *DimExpr, 4132 SourceLocation RParen); 4133 4134 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4135 /// pseudo-functions. 4136 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4137 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4138 Expr *Queried, 4139 SourceLocation RParen); 4140 4141 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4142 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4143 Expr *Queried, 4144 SourceLocation RParen); 4145 4146 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4147 Expr *Base, 4148 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4149 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4150 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4151 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4152 4153 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4154 4155 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4156 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4157 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4158 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4159 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4160 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4161 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4162 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4163 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4164 4165 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4166 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4167 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4168 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4169 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4170 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4171 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4172 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4173 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4174 4175 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4176 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4177 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4178 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4179 const DeclSpec& DS, 4180 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4181 4182 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4183 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4184 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4185 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4186 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4187 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4188 4189 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4190 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4191 : SourceLocation()); 4192 } 4193 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4194 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4195 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4196 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4197 4198 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4199 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4200 4201 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4202 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4203 bool EnteringContext = false); 4204 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4205 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4206 4207 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4208 /// 4209 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4210 /// 4211 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4212 /// 4213 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4214 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4215 /// 4216 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4217 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4218 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4219 4220 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4221 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4222 4223 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4224 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4225 IdentifierInfo &II, 4226 ParsedType ObjectType); 4227 4228 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4229 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4230 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4231 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4232 QualType ObjectType, 4233 bool EnteringContext, 4234 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4235 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4236 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4237 4238 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4239 /// 4240 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4241 /// 4242 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4243 /// 4244 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4245 /// 4246 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4247 /// 4248 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4249 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4250 /// 4251 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4252 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4253 /// 4254 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4255 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4256 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4257 /// including this new type). 4258 /// 4259 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4260 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4261 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4262 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4263 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4264 ParsedType ObjectType, 4265 bool EnteringContext, 4266 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4267 4268 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4269 4270 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4271 const DeclSpec &DS, 4272 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4273 4274 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4275 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4276 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4277 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4278 ParsedType ObjectType, 4279 bool EnteringContext); 4280 4281 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4282 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4283 /// 4284 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4285 /// 4286 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4287 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4288 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4289 /// including this new type). 4290 /// 4291 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4292 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4293 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4294 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4295 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4296 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4297 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4298 /// 4299 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4300 /// nested-name-specifier. 4301 /// 4302 /// 4303 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4304 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4305 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4306 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4307 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4308 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4309 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4310 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4311 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4312 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4313 bool EnteringContext); 4314 4315 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4316 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4317 /// nested-name-specifier. 4318 /// 4319 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4320 /// 4321 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4322 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4323 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4324 4325 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4326 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4327 /// 4328 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4329 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4330 /// 4331 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4332 /// 4333 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4334 /// of the annotation pointer. 4335 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4336 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4337 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4338 4339 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4340 4341 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4342 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4343 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4344 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4345 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4346 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4347 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4348 4349 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4350 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4351 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4352 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4353 /// defining scope. 4354 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4355 4356 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4357 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4358 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4359 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4360 /// class X. 4361 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4362 4363 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4364 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4365 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4366 4367 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4368 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4369 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4370 bool KnownDependent); 4371 4372 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4373 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4374 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4375 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4376 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4377 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4378 4379 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4380 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4381 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4382 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4383 bool ExplicitParams, 4384 bool ExplicitResultType, 4385 bool Mutable); 4386 4387 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4388 /// initializer. 4389 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4390 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4391 4392 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4393 /// given lambda. 4394 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4395 4396 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4397 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4398 4399 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4400 /// statements present in the body. 4401 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4402 4403 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4404 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4405 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4406 /// lambda. 4407 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4408 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4409 4410 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4411 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4412 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4413 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4414 4415 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4416 /// was successfully completed. 4417 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4418 Scope *CurScope, 4419 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4420 4421 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4422 /// function pointer. 4423 /// 4424 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4425 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4426 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4427 /// block pointer conversion. 4428 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4429 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4430 4431 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4432 /// block pointer. 4433 /// 4434 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4435 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4436 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4437 /// block pointer conversion. 4438 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4439 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4440 4441 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4442 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4443 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4444 Expr *Src); 4445 4446 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4447 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4448 Expr **Strings, 4449 unsigned NumStrings); 4450 4451 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4452 4453 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4454 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4455 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4456 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4457 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4458 bool Value); 4459 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4460 4461 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4462 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4463 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4464 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4465 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4466 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4467 4468 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4469 Expr *IndexExpr, 4470 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4471 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4472 4473 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4474 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4475 unsigned NumElements); 4476 4477 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4478 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4479 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4480 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4481 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4482 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4483 4484 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4485 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4486 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4487 ParsedType Ty, 4488 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4489 4490 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4491 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4492 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4493 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4494 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4495 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4496 4497 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4498 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4499 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4500 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4501 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4502 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4503 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4504 4505 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4506 // C++ Declarations 4507 // 4508 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4509 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4510 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4511 StringRef Lang, 4512 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4513 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4514 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4515 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4516 4517 4518 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4519 // C++ Classes 4520 // 4521 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4522 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4523 4524 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4525 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4526 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4527 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4528 4529 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4530 Declarator &D, 4531 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4532 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4533 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4534 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4535 Expr *Init); 4536 4537 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4538 Scope *S, 4539 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4540 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4541 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4542 const DeclSpec &DS, 4543 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4544 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4545 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4546 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4547 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4548 4549 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4550 Scope *S, 4551 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4552 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4553 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4554 const DeclSpec &DS, 4555 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4556 Expr *InitList, 4557 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4558 4559 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4560 Scope *S, 4561 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4562 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4563 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4564 const DeclSpec &DS, 4565 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4566 Expr *Init, 4567 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4568 4569 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4570 Expr *Init, 4571 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4572 4573 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4574 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4575 Expr *Init, 4576 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4577 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4578 4579 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4580 Expr *Init, 4581 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4582 4583 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4584 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4585 4586 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4587 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4588 4589 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4590 4591 4592 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4593 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4594 /// referenced. 4595 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4596 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4597 4598 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4599 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4600 /// first use occurred. 4601 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4602 4603 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4604 /// materialized. 4605 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4606 4607 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4608 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4609 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4610 /// by code generation). 4611 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4612 4613 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4614 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4615 4616 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4617 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4618 DynamicClassesType; 4619 4620 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4621 /// unit. 4622 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4623 4624 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4625 /// given location. 4626 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4627 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4628 4629 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4630 /// in the given class as needed. 4631 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4632 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4633 4634 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4635 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4636 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4637 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4638 4639 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4640 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4641 /// vtables. 4642 /// 4643 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4644 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4645 4646 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4647 4648 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4649 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4650 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4651 bool AnyErrors); 4652 4653 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4654 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4655 Decl *TagDecl, 4656 SourceLocation LBrac, 4657 SourceLocation RBrac, 4658 AttributeList *AttrList); 4659 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4660 4661 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4662 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4663 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4664 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4665 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4666 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4667 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4668 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4669 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4670 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4671 4672 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4673 Expr *AssertExpr, 4674 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4675 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4676 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4677 Expr *AssertExpr, 4678 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4679 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4680 bool Failed); 4681 4682 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4683 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4684 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4685 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4686 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4687 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4688 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4689 4690 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4691 StorageClass& SC); 4692 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4693 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4694 StorageClass& SC); 4695 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4696 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4697 StorageClass& SC); 4698 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4699 4700 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4701 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4702 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4703 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4704 4705 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4706 // C++ Derived Classes 4707 // 4708 4709 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4710 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4711 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4712 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4714 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4715 4716 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4717 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4718 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4719 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4720 ParsedType basetype, 4721 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4722 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4723 4724 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4725 unsigned NumBases); 4726 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4727 unsigned NumBases); 4728 4729 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4730 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4731 4732 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4733 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4734 4735 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4736 4737 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4738 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4739 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4740 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4741 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4742 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4743 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4744 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4745 DeclarationName Name, 4746 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4747 4748 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4749 4750 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4751 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4752 4753 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4754 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4755 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4756 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4757 4758 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4759 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4760 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4761 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4762 4763 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4764 4765 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4766 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4767 4768 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4769 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4770 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4771 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4772 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4773 4774 4775 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4776 // C++ Access Control 4777 // 4778 4779 enum AccessResult { 4780 AR_accessible, 4781 AR_inaccessible, 4782 AR_dependent, 4783 AR_delayed 4784 }; 4785 4786 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4787 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4788 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4789 4790 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4791 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4792 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4793 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4794 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4795 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4796 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4797 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4798 bool Diagnose = true); 4799 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4800 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4801 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4802 AccessSpecifier Access, 4803 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4804 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4805 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4806 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4807 AccessSpecifier Access, 4808 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4809 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4810 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4811 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4812 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4813 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4814 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4815 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4816 NamedDecl *D); 4817 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4818 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4819 Expr *ArgExpr, 4820 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4821 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4822 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4823 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4824 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4825 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4826 unsigned DiagID, 4827 bool ForceCheck = false, 4828 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4829 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4830 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4831 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4832 AccessSpecifier access, 4833 QualType objectType); 4834 4835 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4836 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4837 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4838 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4839 4840 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4841 4842 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4843 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4844 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4845 4846 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4847 AbstractNone = -1, 4848 AbstractReturnType, 4849 AbstractParamType, 4850 AbstractVariableType, 4851 AbstractFieldType, 4852 AbstractIvarType, 4853 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4854 AbstractArrayType 4855 }; 4856 4857 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4858 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4859 template<typename T1> 4860 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4861 unsigned DiagID, 4862 const T1 &Arg1) { 4863 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4864 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4865 } 4866 4867 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4868 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4869 unsigned DiagID, 4870 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4871 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4872 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4873 } 4874 4875 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4876 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4877 unsigned DiagID, 4878 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4879 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4880 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4881 } 4882 4883 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4884 4885 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4886 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4887 4888 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4889 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4890 // 4891 4892 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4893 4894 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4895 4896 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4897 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4898 // 4899 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4900 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4901 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4902 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4903 4904 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4905 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4906 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4907 4908 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4909 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4910 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4911 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4912 ParsedType ObjectType, 4913 bool EnteringContext, 4914 TemplateTy &Template, 4915 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4916 4917 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4918 SourceLocation IILoc, 4919 Scope *S, 4920 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4921 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4922 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4923 4924 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4925 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4926 4927 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4928 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4929 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4930 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4931 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4932 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4933 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4934 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4935 4936 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4937 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4938 unsigned Depth, 4939 unsigned Position, 4940 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4941 Expr *DefaultArg); 4942 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4943 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4944 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4945 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4946 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4947 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4948 unsigned Depth, 4949 unsigned Position, 4950 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4951 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4952 4953 TemplateParameterList * 4954 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4955 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4956 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4957 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4958 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4959 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4960 4961 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 4962 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4963 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4964 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4965 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4966 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 4967 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4968 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4969 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4970 }; 4971 4972 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4973 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4974 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4975 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4976 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4977 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 4978 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 4979 4980 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4981 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4982 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4983 AttributeList *Attr, 4984 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4985 AccessSpecifier AS, 4986 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4987 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4988 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4989 4990 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4991 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4992 4993 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4994 4995 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4996 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4997 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4998 4999 TypeResult 5000 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5001 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5002 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5003 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5004 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5005 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5006 5007 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5008 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5009 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5010 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5011 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5012 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5013 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5014 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5015 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5016 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5017 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5018 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5019 5020 5021 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5022 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5023 LookupResult &R, 5024 bool RequiresADL, 5025 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5026 5027 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5028 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5029 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5030 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5031 5032 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5033 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5034 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5035 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5036 ParsedType ObjectType, 5037 bool EnteringContext, 5038 TemplateTy &Template); 5039 5040 DeclResult 5041 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5042 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5043 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5044 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5045 TemplateTy Template, 5046 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5047 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5048 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5049 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5050 AttributeList *Attr, 5051 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5052 5053 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5054 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5055 Declarator &D); 5056 5057 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5058 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5059 Declarator &D); 5060 5061 bool 5062 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5063 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5064 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5065 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5066 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5067 bool &SuppressNew); 5068 5069 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5070 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5071 LookupResult &Previous); 5072 5073 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5074 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5075 LookupResult &Previous); 5076 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5077 5078 DeclResult 5079 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5080 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5081 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5082 unsigned TagSpec, 5083 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5084 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5085 TemplateTy Template, 5086 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5087 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5088 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5089 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5090 AttributeList *Attr); 5091 5092 DeclResult 5093 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5094 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5095 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5096 unsigned TagSpec, 5097 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5098 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5099 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5100 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5101 AttributeList *Attr); 5102 5103 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5104 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5105 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5106 Declarator &D); 5107 5108 TemplateArgumentLoc 5109 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5110 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5111 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5112 Decl *Param, 5113 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5114 &Converted, 5115 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5116 5117 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5118 /// argument is being checked. 5119 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5120 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5121 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5122 CTAK_Specified, 5123 5124 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5125 /// deduction. 5126 CTAK_Deduced, 5127 5128 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5129 /// via template argument deduction. 5130 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5131 }; 5132 5133 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5134 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5135 NamedDecl *Template, 5136 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5137 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5138 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5139 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5140 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5141 5142 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5143 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5144 /// 5145 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5146 /// provided. 5147 /// 5148 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5149 /// 5150 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5151 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5152 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5153 /// arguments. 5154 /// 5155 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5156 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5157 /// set of template arguments. 5158 /// 5159 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5160 /// arguments. 5161 /// 5162 /// 5163 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5164 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5165 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5166 /// 5167 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5168 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5169 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5170 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5171 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5172 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5173 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5174 5175 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5176 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5177 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5178 5179 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5180 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5181 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5182 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5183 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5184 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5185 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5186 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5187 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5188 5189 ExprResult 5190 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5191 QualType ParamType, 5192 SourceLocation Loc); 5193 ExprResult 5194 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5195 SourceLocation Loc); 5196 5197 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5198 /// for equality. 5199 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5200 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5201 /// that might be redeclarations. 5202 /// 5203 /// \code 5204 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5205 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5206 /// \endcode 5207 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5208 5209 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5210 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5211 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5212 /// 5213 /// \code 5214 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5215 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5216 /// \endcode 5217 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5218 5219 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5220 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5221 /// template parameter. 5222 /// 5223 /// \code 5224 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5225 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5226 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5227 /// \endcode 5228 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5229 }; 5230 5231 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5232 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5233 bool Complain, 5234 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5235 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5236 = SourceLocation()); 5237 5238 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5239 5240 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5241 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5242 /// 5243 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5244 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5245 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5246 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5247 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5248 TypeResult 5249 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5250 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5251 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5252 5253 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5254 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5255 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5256 /// 5257 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5258 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5259 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5260 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5261 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5262 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5263 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5264 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5265 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5266 TypeResult 5267 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5268 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5269 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5270 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5271 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5272 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5273 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5274 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5275 5276 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5277 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5278 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5279 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5280 SourceLocation IILoc); 5281 5282 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5283 SourceLocation Loc, 5284 DeclarationName Name); 5285 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5286 5287 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5288 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5289 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5290 5291 std::string 5292 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5293 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5294 5295 std::string 5296 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5297 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5298 unsigned NumArgs); 5299 5300 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5301 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5302 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5303 5304 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5305 /// being diagnosed. 5306 /// 5307 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5308 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5309 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5310 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5311 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5312 5313 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5314 UPPC_BaseType, 5315 5316 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5317 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5318 5319 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5320 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5321 5322 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5323 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5324 5325 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5326 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5327 5328 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5329 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5330 5331 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5332 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5333 5334 /// \brief A using declaration. 5335 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5336 5337 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5338 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5339 5340 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5341 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5342 5343 /// \brief An initializer. 5344 UPPC_Initializer, 5345 5346 /// \brief A default argument. 5347 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5348 5349 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5350 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5351 5352 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5353 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5354 5355 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5356 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5357 5358 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5359 UPPC_IfExists, 5360 5361 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5362 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5363 5364 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5365 UPPC_Lambda, 5366 5367 /// \brief Block expression, 5368 UPPC_Block 5369}; 5370 5371 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5372 /// 5373 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5374 /// 5375 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5376 /// parameter packs. 5377 /// 5378 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5379 /// 5380 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5381 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5382 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5383 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5384 5385 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5386 /// diagnose the error. 5387 /// 5388 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5389 /// 5390 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5391 /// packs. 5392 /// 5393 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5394 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5395 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5396 5397 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5398 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5399 /// 5400 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5401 /// parameter packs. 5402 /// 5403 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5404 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5405 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5406 5407 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5408 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5409 /// 5410 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5411 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5412 /// 5413 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5414 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5415 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5416 5417 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5418 /// diagnose the error. 5419 /// 5420 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5421 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5422 /// 5423 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5424 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5425 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5426 5427 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5428 /// diagnose the error. 5429 /// 5430 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5431 /// 5432 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5433 /// parameter packs. 5434 /// 5435 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5436 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5437 TemplateName Template, 5438 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5439 5440 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5441 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5442 /// 5443 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5444 /// parameter packs. 5445 /// 5446 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5447 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5448 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5449 5450 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5451 /// template argument. 5452 /// 5453 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5454 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5455 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5456 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5457 5458 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5459 /// template argument. 5460 /// 5461 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5462 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5463 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5464 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5465 5466 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5467 /// type. 5468 /// 5469 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5470 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5471 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5472 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5473 5474 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5475 /// type. 5476 /// 5477 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5478 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5479 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5480 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5481 5482 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5483 /// nested-name-specifier. 5484 /// 5485 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5486 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5487 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5488 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5489 5490 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5491 /// name. 5492 /// 5493 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5494 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5495 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5496 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5497 5498 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5499 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5500 /// 5501 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5502 /// may already be invalid. 5503 /// 5504 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5505 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5506 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5507 5508 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5509 /// creates a pack expansion. 5510 /// 5511 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5512 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5513 /// 5514 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5515 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5516 5517 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5518 /// expansion. 5519 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5520 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5521 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5522 5523 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5524 /// expansion. 5525 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5526 SourceRange PatternRange, 5527 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5528 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5529 5530 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5531 /// creates a pack expansion. 5532 /// 5533 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5534 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5535 /// 5536 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5537 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5538 5539 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5540 /// creates a pack expansion. 5541 /// 5542 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5543 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5544 /// 5545 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5546 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5547 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5548 5549 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5550 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5551 /// transforming the pattern. 5552 /// 5553 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5554 /// pack expansion. 5555 /// 5556 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5557 /// the pack expansion. 5558 /// 5559 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5560 /// pattern. 5561 /// 5562 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5563 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5564 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5565 /// 5566 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5567 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5568 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5569 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5570 /// 5571 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5572 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5573 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5574 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5575 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5576 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5577 /// set this value in other cases. 5578 /// 5579 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5580 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5581 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5582 /// must be set. 5583 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5584 SourceRange PatternRange, 5585 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5586 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5587 bool &ShouldExpand, 5588 bool &RetainExpansion, 5589 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5590 5591 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5592 /// type. 5593 /// 5594 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5595 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5596 /// 5597 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5598 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5599 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5600 5601 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5602 /// parameter packs. 5603 /// 5604 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5605 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5606 /// 5607 /// \code 5608 /// void f(T...); 5609 /// \endcode 5610 /// 5611 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5612 /// a variadic function. 5613 /// 5614 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5615 /// false otherwise. 5616 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5617 5618 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5619 /// 5620 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5621 /// 5622 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5623 /// 5624 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5625 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5626 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5627 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5628 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5629 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5630 5631 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5632 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5633 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5634 5635 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5636 /// 5637 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5638 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5639 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5640 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5641 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5642 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5643 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5644 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5645 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5646 TDK_Success = 0, 5647 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5648 TDK_Invalid, 5649 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5650 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5651 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5652 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5653 /// for every template parameter. 5654 TDK_Incomplete, 5655 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5656 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5657 TDK_Inconsistent, 5658 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5659 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5660 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5661 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5662 TDK_Underqualified, 5663 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5664 /// resulted in an error. 5665 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5666 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5667 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5668 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5669 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5670 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5671 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5672 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5673 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5674 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5675 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5676 /// template arguments for the given template. 5677 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5678 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5679 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5680 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5681 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5682 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5683 }; 5684 5685 TemplateDeductionResult 5686 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5687 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5688 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5689 5690 TemplateDeductionResult 5691 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5692 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5693 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5694 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5695 QualType *FunctionType, 5696 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5697 5698 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5699 // deduction for a call. 5700 struct OriginalCallArg { 5701 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5702 unsigned ArgIdx, 5703 QualType OriginalArgType) 5704 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5705 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5706 5707 QualType OriginalParamType; 5708 unsigned ArgIdx; 5709 QualType OriginalArgType; 5710 }; 5711 5712 TemplateDeductionResult 5713 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5714 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5715 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5716 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5717 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5718 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5719 5720 TemplateDeductionResult 5721 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5722 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5723 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5724 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5725 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5726 5727 TemplateDeductionResult 5728 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5729 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5730 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5731 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5732 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5733 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5734 5735 TemplateDeductionResult 5736 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5737 QualType ToType, 5738 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5739 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5740 5741 TemplateDeductionResult 5742 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5743 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5744 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5745 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5746 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5747 5748 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5749 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5750 DAR_Succeeded, 5751 DAR_Failed, 5752 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5753 }; 5754 5755 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5756 QualType &Result); 5757 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5758 QualType &Result); 5759 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5760 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5761 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5762 bool Diagnose = true); 5763 5764 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5765 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5766 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5767 5768 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5769 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5770 SourceLocation Loc, 5771 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5772 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5773 UnresolvedSetIterator 5774 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5775 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5776 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5777 unsigned NumCallArguments, SourceLocation Loc, 5778 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5779 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5780 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5781 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5782 5783 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5784 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5785 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5786 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5787 SourceLocation Loc); 5788 5789 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5790 bool OnlyDeduced, 5791 unsigned Depth, 5792 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5793 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5794 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5795 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5796 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5797 } 5798 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5799 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5800 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5801 5802 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5803 // C++ Template Instantiation 5804 // 5805 5806 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5807 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5808 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5809 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5810 5811 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5812 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5813 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5814 enum InstantiationKind { 5815 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5816 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5817 TemplateInstantiation, 5818 5819 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5820 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5821 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5822 /// arguments as specified. 5823 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5824 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5825 5826 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5827 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5828 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5829 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5830 5831 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5832 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5833 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5834 5835 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5836 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5837 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5838 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5839 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5840 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5841 5842 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5843 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5844 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5845 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5846 5847 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5848 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5849 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5850 5851 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5852 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5853 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5854 } Kind; 5855 5856 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5857 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5858 5859 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5860 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5861 /// arguments. 5862 NamedDecl *Template; 5863 5864 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5865 Decl *Entity; 5866 5867 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5868 /// are not part of the entity. 5869 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5870 5871 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5872 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5873 5874 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5875 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5876 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5877 5878 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5879 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5880 /// template instantiation. 5881 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5882 5883 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5884 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5885 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5886 5887 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5888 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5889 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5890 5891 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5892 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5893 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5894 return false; 5895 5896 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5897 return false; 5898 5899 switch (X.Kind) { 5900 case TemplateInstantiation: 5901 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5902 return true; 5903 5904 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5905 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5906 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5907 5908 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5909 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5910 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5911 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5912 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5913 5914 } 5915 5916 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5917 } 5918 5919 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5920 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5921 return !(X == Y); 5922 } 5923 }; 5924 5925 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5926 /// 5927 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5928 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5929 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5930 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5931 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5932 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5933 5934 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5935 /// template instantiation. 5936 /// 5937 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5938 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5939 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5940 5941 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5942 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5943 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5944 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5945 5946 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5947 /// error or warning was produced. 5948 /// 5949 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5950 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5951 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5952 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5953 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5954 5955 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5956 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5957 /// 5958 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5959 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5960 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5961 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5962 5963 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5964 /// within a \c Sema object. 5965 /// 5966 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5967 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5968 Sema &Self; 5969 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5970 5971 public: 5972 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5973 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5974 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5975 } 5976 5977 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5978 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5979 } 5980 }; 5981 5982 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5983 5984 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5985 /// 5986 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5987 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5988 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5989 5990 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5991 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5992 /// deduction. 5993 /// 5994 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5995 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5996 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 5997 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 5998 5999 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6000 /// instantiation. 6001 /// 6002 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6003 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6004 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6005 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6006 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6007 /// 6008 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6009 /// the stack. 6010 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6011 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6012 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6013 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6014 Decl *Entity, 6015 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6016 6017 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6018 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6019 /// of a function template. 6020 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6021 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6022 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6023 6024 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6025 /// template-id. 6026 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6027 TemplateDecl *Template, 6028 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6029 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6030 6031 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6032 /// template-id. 6033 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6034 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6035 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6036 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6037 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6038 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6039 6040 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6041 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6042 /// specialization. 6043 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6044 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6045 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6046 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6047 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6048 6049 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6050 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6051 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6052 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6053 6054 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6055 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6056 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6057 NamedDecl *Template, 6058 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6059 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6060 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6061 6062 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6063 NamedDecl *Template, 6064 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6065 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6066 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6067 6068 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6069 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6070 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6071 TemplateDecl *Template, 6072 NamedDecl *Param, 6073 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6074 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6075 6076 6077 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6078 void Clear(); 6079 6080 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6081 6082 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6083 /// recursive template instantiations. 6084 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6085 6086 private: 6087 Sema &SemaRef; 6088 bool Invalid; 6089 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6090 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6091 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6092 6093 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6094 6095 InstantiatingTemplate& 6096 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6097 }; 6098 6099 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6100 6101 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6102 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6103 /// errors. 6104 /// 6105 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6106 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6107 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6108 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6109 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6110 6111 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6112 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6113 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6114 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6115 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6116 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6117 } 6118 6119 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6120 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6121 /// deduction.` 6122 class SFINAETrap { 6123 Sema &SemaRef; 6124 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6125 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6126 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6127 6128 public: 6129 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6130 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6131 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6132 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6133 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6134 { 6135 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6136 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6137 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6138 } 6139 6140 ~SFINAETrap() { 6141 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6142 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6143 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6144 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6145 } 6146 6147 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6148 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6149 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6150 } 6151 }; 6152 6153 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6154 /// variables. 6155 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6156 6157 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6158 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6159 6160 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6161 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6162 6163 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6164 /// name lookup. 6165 /// 6166 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6167 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6168 /// string represents a keyword. 6169 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6170 6171 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6172 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6173 6174 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6175 /// 6176 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6177 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6178 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6179 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6180 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6181 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6182 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6183 6184 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6185 /// but have not yet been performed. 6186 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6187 6188 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6189 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6190 /// 6191 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6192 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6193 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6194 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6195 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6196 6197 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6198 6199 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6200 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6201 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6202 6203 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6204 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6205 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6206 6207 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6208 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6209 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6210 6211 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6212 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6213 SourceLocation Loc, 6214 DeclarationName Entity, 6215 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6216 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6217 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6218 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6219 int indexAdjustment, 6220 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6221 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6222 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6223 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6224 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6225 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6226 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6227 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6228 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6229 6230 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6231 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6232 /// 6233 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6234 /// 6235 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6236 /// 6237 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6238 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6239 /// 6240 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6241 /// 6242 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6243 /// 6244 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6245 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6246 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6247 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6248 6249 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6250 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6251 6252 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6253 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6254 6255 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6256 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6257 bool CXXDirectInit); 6258 6259 bool 6260 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6261 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6262 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6263 6264 bool 6265 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6266 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6267 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6268 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6269 bool Complain = true); 6270 6271 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6272 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6273 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6274 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6275 6276 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6277 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6278 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6279 Decl *NewDecl; 6280 6281 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6282 Decl *D) 6283 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6284 { } 6285 }; 6286 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6287 6288 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6289 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6290 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6291 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6292 6293 bool 6294 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6295 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6296 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6297 bool Complain = true); 6298 6299 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6300 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6301 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6302 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6303 6304 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6305 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6306 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6307 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6308 6309 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6310 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6311 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6312 6313 DeclarationNameInfo 6314 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6315 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6316 TemplateName 6317 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6318 SourceLocation Loc, 6319 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6320 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6321 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6322 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6323 6324 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6325 FunctionDecl *Function); 6326 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6327 FunctionDecl *Function, 6328 bool Recursive = false, 6329 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6330 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6331 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6332 VarDecl *Var, 6333 bool Recursive = false, 6334 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6335 6336 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6337 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6338 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6339 6340 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6341 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6342 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6343 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6344 6345 // Objective-C declarations. 6346 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6347 OCK_None = -1, 6348 OCK_Interface = 0, 6349 OCK_Protocol, 6350 OCK_Category, 6351 OCK_ClassExtension, 6352 OCK_Implementation, 6353 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6354 }; 6355 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6356 6357 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6358 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6359 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6360 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6361 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6362 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6363 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6364 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6365 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6366 AttributeList *AttrList); 6367 6368 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6369 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6370 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6371 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6372 6373 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6374 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6375 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6376 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6377 6378 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6379 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6380 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6381 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6382 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6383 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6384 AttributeList *AttrList); 6385 6386 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6387 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6388 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6389 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6390 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6391 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6392 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6393 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6394 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6395 6396 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6397 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6398 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6399 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6400 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6401 6402 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6403 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6404 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6405 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6406 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6407 6408 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6409 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6410 6411 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6412 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6413 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6414 unsigned NumElts); 6415 6416 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6417 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6418 unsigned NumElts, 6419 AttributeList *attrList); 6420 6421 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6422 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6423 unsigned NumProtocols, 6424 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6425 6426 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6427 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6428 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6429 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6430 SourceLocation Loc, 6431 unsigned &Attributes, 6432 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6433 6434 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6435 /// setters and getters as needed. 6436 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6437 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6438 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6439 /// in class extension. 6440 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6441 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6442 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6443 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6444 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6445 6446 6447 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6448 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6449 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6450 6451 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6452 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6453 6454 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6455 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6456 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6457 6458 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6459 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6460 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6461 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6462 bool *OverridingProperty, 6463 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6464 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6465 6466 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6467 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6468 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6469 bool ImplKind, 6470 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6471 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6472 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6473 6474 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6475 OSMK_None, 6476 OSMK_Alloc, 6477 OSMK_New, 6478 OSMK_Copy, 6479 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6480 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6481 }; 6482 6483 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6484 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6485 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6486 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6487 // in this case. 6488 ParsedType Type; 6489 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6490 6491 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6492 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6493 }; 6494 6495 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6496 Scope *S, 6497 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6498 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6499 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6500 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6501 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6502 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6503 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6504 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6505 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6506 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6507 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6508 6509 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6510 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6511 bool IsInstance); 6512 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6513 bool IsInstance); 6514 6515 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6516 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6517 6518 ExprResult 6519 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6520 Expr *BaseExpr, 6521 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6522 DeclarationName MemberName, 6523 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6524 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6525 bool Super); 6526 6527 ExprResult 6528 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6529 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6530 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6531 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6532 6533 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6534 6535 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6536 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6537 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6538 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6539 ObjCSuperMessage, 6540 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6541 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6542 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6543 /// name. 6544 ObjCClassMessage 6545 }; 6546 6547 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6548 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6549 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6550 bool IsSuper, 6551 bool HasTrailingDot, 6552 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6553 6554 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6555 Selector Sel, 6556 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6557 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6558 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6559 MultiExprArg Args); 6560 6561 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6562 QualType ReceiverType, 6563 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6564 Selector Sel, 6565 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6566 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6567 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6568 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6569 MultiExprArg Args, 6570 bool isImplicit = false); 6571 6572 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6573 bool isSuperReceiver, 6574 SourceLocation Loc, 6575 Selector Sel, 6576 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6577 MultiExprArg Args); 6578 6579 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6580 ParsedType Receiver, 6581 Selector Sel, 6582 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6583 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6584 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6585 MultiExprArg Args); 6586 6587 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6588 QualType ReceiverType, 6589 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6590 Selector Sel, 6591 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6592 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6593 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6594 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6595 MultiExprArg Args, 6596 bool isImplicit = false); 6597 6598 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6599 QualType ReceiverType, 6600 SourceLocation Loc, 6601 Selector Sel, 6602 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6603 MultiExprArg Args); 6604 6605 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6606 Expr *Receiver, 6607 Selector Sel, 6608 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6609 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6610 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6611 MultiExprArg Args); 6612 6613 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6614 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6615 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6616 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6617 Expr *SubExpr); 6618 6619 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6620 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6621 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6622 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6623 ParsedType Type, 6624 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6625 Expr *SubExpr); 6626 6627 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6628 6629 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6630 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6631 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6632 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6633 6634 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6635 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6636 RTC_Compatible, 6637 RTC_Incompatible, 6638 RTC_Unknown 6639 }; 6640 6641 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6642 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6643 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6644 6645 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6646 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6647 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6648 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6649 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6650 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6651 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6652 }; 6653 6654 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6655 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6656 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6657 6658 enum PragmaPackKind { 6659 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6660 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6661 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6662 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6663 }; 6664 6665 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6666 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6667 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6668 }; 6669 6670 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6671 PCK_Unknown, 6672 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6673 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6674 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6675 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6676 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6677 }; 6678 6679 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6680 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6681 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6682 Expr *Alignment, 6683 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6684 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6685 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6686 6687 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6688 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6689 6690 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6691 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6692 6693 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6694 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6695 6696 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6697 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6698 Scope *curScope, 6699 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6700 6701 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6702 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6703 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6704 6705 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6706 SourceLocation Loc); 6707 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6708 6709 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6710 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6711 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6712 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6713 6714 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6715 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6716 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6717 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6718 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6719 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6720 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6721 6722 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6723 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6724 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6725 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6726 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6727 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6728 6729 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6730 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6731 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6732 6733 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6734 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6735 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6736 6737 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6738 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6739 6740 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6741 void FreePackedContext(); 6742 6743 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6744 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6745 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6746 SourceLocation Loc); 6747 6748 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6749 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6750 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6751 6752 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6753 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6754 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6755 6756 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6757 void FreeVisContext(); 6758 6759 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6760 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6761 /// the appropriate attribute. 6762 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6763 6764 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6765 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6766 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6767 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6768 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6769 6770 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6771 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6772 /// threadprivate'. 6773 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6774 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6775 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6776 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6777 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6778 SourceLocation Loc, 6779 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6780 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6781 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6782 SourceLocation Loc, 6783 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6784 6785 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 6786 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6787 Stmt *AStmt, 6788 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6789 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6790 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 6791 /// of the associated statement. 6792 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6793 Stmt *AStmt, 6794 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6795 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6796 6797 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6798 unsigned Argument, 6799 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 6800 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6801 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6802 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6803 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 6804 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 6805 SourceLocation KindLoc, 6806 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6807 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6808 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6809 6810 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6811 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 6812 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6813 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6814 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6815 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 6816 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 6817 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6818 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6819 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6820 6821 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6822 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6823 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6824 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6825 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6826 CCK_CStyleCast, 6827 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6828 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6829 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6830 CCK_OtherCast 6831 }; 6832 6833 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6834 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6835 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6836 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6837 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6838 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6839 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6840 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6841 6842 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6843 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6844 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6845 6846 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6847 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6848 /// required. 6849 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6850 6851 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6852 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6853 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6854 6855 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6856 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6857 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6858 6859 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6860 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6861 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6862 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6863 6864 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6865 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6866 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6867 // type. 6868 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6869 6870 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6871 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6872 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6873 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6874 6875 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6876 enum VariadicCallType { 6877 VariadicFunction, 6878 VariadicBlock, 6879 VariadicMethod, 6880 VariadicConstructor, 6881 VariadicDoesNotApply 6882 }; 6883 6884 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6885 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6886 Expr *Fn); 6887 6888 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6889 // vararg function. 6890 enum VarArgKind { 6891 VAK_Valid, 6892 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6893 VAK_Invalid 6894 }; 6895 6896 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6897 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6898 6899 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6900 /// form of call prototypes. 6901 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6902 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6903 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6904 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6905 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6906 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 6907 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6908 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6909 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6910 6911 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6912 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6913 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6914 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6915 6916 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6917 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6918 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6919 6920 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6921 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6922 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6923 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6924 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6925 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6926 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6927 6928 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6929 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6930 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6931 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6932 /// source and destination type. 6933 enum AssignConvertType { 6934 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6935 Compatible, 6936 6937 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6938 /// accept as an extension. 6939 PointerToInt, 6940 6941 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6942 /// accept as an extension. 6943 IntToPointer, 6944 6945 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6946 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6947 FunctionVoidPointer, 6948 6949 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6950 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6951 IncompatiblePointer, 6952 6953 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6954 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6955 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6956 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6957 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6958 6959 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6960 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6961 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6962 6963 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6964 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6965 /// like address spaces. 6966 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6967 6968 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6969 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6970 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6971 /// extension. 6972 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6973 6974 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6975 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6976 IncompatibleVectors, 6977 6978 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6979 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6980 IntToBlockPointer, 6981 6982 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6983 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6984 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6985 6986 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6987 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6988 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6989 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6990 6991 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6992 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6993 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6994 6995 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6996 /// represent it in the AST. 6997 Incompatible 6998 }; 6999 7000 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7001 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7002 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7003 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7004 SourceLocation Loc, 7005 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7006 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7007 bool *Complained = 0); 7008 7009 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7010 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7011 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7012 Expr *SrcExpr); 7013 7014 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7015 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7016 /// C99 6.5.16. 7017 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7018 QualType LHSType, 7019 QualType RHSType); 7020 7021 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7022 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7023 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7024 ExprResult &RHS, 7025 CastKind &Kind); 7026 7027 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7028 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7029 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7030 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7031 ExprResult &RHS, 7032 bool Diagnose = true); 7033 7034 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7035 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7036 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7037 ExprResult &RHS); 7038 7039 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7040 7041 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7042 7043 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7044 AssignmentAction Action, 7045 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7046 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7047 AssignmentAction Action, 7048 bool AllowExplicit, 7049 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7050 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7051 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7052 AssignmentAction Action, 7053 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7054 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7055 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7056 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7057 AssignmentAction Action, 7058 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7059 7060 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7061 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7062 7063 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7064 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7065 ExprResult &RHS); 7066 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7067 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7068 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7069 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7070 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7071 bool IsDivide); 7072 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7073 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7074 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7075 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7076 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7077 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7078 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7079 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7080 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7081 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7082 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7083 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7084 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7085 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7086 bool isRelational); 7087 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7088 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7089 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7090 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7091 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7092 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7093 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7094 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7095 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7096 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7097 7098 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7099 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7100 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7101 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7102 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7103 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7104 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7105 7106 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7107 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7108 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7109 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7110 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7111 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7112 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7113 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7114 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7115 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7116 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7117 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7118 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7119 NonStandardCompositeType); 7120 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7121 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7122 return Composite; 7123 } 7124 7125 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7126 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7127 7128 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7129 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7130 7131 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7132 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7133 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7134 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7135 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7136 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7137 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7138 SourceLocation Loc); 7139 7140 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7141 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7142 7143 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7144 7145 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7146 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7147 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7148 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7149 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7150 /// reference binding is not possible. 7151 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7152 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7153 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7154 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7155 Ref_Related, 7156 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7157 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7158 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7159 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7160 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7161 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7162 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7163 Ref_Compatible 7164 }; 7165 7166 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7167 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7168 bool &DerivedToBase, 7169 bool &ObjCConversion, 7170 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7171 7172 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7173 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7174 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7175 7176 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7177 /// given type. 7178 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7179 7180 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7181 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7182 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7183 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7184 7185 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7186 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7187 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7188 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7189 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7190 CastKind &Kind); 7191 7192 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7193 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7194 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7195 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7196 // returns the cast expr 7197 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7198 CastKind &Kind); 7199 7200 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7201 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7202 Expr *CastExpr, 7203 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7204 7205 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7206 7207 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7208 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7209 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7210 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7211 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7212 7213 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7214 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7215 7216 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7217 QualType ExprType); 7218 7219 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7220 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7221 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7222 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7223 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7224 7225 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7226 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7227 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7228 7229 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7230 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7231 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7232 7233 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7234 /// \param Method - May be null. 7235 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7236 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7237 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7238 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7239 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7240 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7241 bool isSuperMessage, 7242 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7243 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7244 7245 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7246 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7247 /// and the form of the message send. 7248 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7249 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7250 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7251 7252 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7253 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7254 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7255 7256 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7257 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7258 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7259 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7260 7261 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7262 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7263 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7264 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7265 /// 7266 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7267 /// 'if' keyword. 7268 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7269 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7270 7271 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7272 Expr *SubExpr); 7273 7274 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7275 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7276 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7277 7278 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7279 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7280 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7281 7282 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7283 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7284 7285 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7286 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7287 /// the specified diagnostic. 7288 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7289 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7290 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7291 7292 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7293 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7294 /// in the global scope. 7295 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7296 7297 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7298 /// expression violations. 7299 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7300 public: 7301 bool Suppress; 7302 7303 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7304 7305 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7306 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7307 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7308 }; 7309 7310 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7311 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7312 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7313 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7314 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7315 bool AllowFold = true); 7316 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7317 unsigned DiagID, 7318 bool AllowFold = true); 7319 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7320 7321 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7322 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7323 /// Returns false on success. 7324 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7325 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7326 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7327 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7328 7329 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7330 CFT_Device, 7331 CFT_Global, 7332 CFT_Host, 7333 CFT_HostDevice 7334 }; 7335 7336 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7337 7338 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7339 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7340 7341 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7342 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7343 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7344 } 7345 7346 /// \name Code completion 7347 //@{ 7348 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7349 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7350 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7351 PCC_Namespace, 7352 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7353 PCC_Class, 7354 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7355 /// or category. 7356 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7357 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7358 /// category implementation 7359 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7360 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7361 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7362 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7363 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7364 /// headers. 7365 PCC_Template, 7366 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7367 /// headers within a class. 7368 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7369 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7370 PCC_Expression, 7371 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7372 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7373 PCC_Statement, 7374 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7375 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7376 PCC_ForInit, 7377 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7378 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7379 PCC_Condition, 7380 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7381 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7382 /// in the grammar. 7383 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7384 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7385 PCC_Type, 7386 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7387 /// might also be a type cast. 7388 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7389 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7390 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7391 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7392 }; 7393 7394 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7395 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7396 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7397 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7398 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7399 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7400 7401 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7402 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7403 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7404 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7405 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7406 bool IsArrow); 7407 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7408 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7409 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7410 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7411 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7412 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7413 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7414 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7415 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7416 7417 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7418 bool EnteringContext); 7419 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7420 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7421 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7422 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7423 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7424 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7425 Decl *Constructor, 7426 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7427 7428 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7429 bool AfterAmpersand); 7430 7431 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7432 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7433 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7434 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7435 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7436 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7437 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7438 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7439 bool IsParameter); 7440 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7441 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7442 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7443 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7444 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7445 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7446 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7447 bool IsSuper = false); 7448 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7449 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7450 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7451 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7452 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7453 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7454 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7455 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7456 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7457 unsigned NumProtocols); 7458 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7459 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7460 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7461 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7462 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7463 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7464 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7465 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7466 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7467 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7468 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7469 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7470 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7471 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7472 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7473 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7474 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7475 ParsedType ReturnType); 7476 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7477 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7478 bool AtParameterName, 7479 ParsedType ReturnType, 7480 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7481 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7482 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7483 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7484 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7485 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7486 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7487 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7488 unsigned Argument); 7489 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7490 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7491 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7492 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7493 //@} 7494 7495 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7496 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7497 7498public: 7499 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7500 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7501 7502private: 7503 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7504 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7505 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7506 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7507 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7508 // FunctionDeclaration. 7509 struct FormatStringInfo { 7510 unsigned FormatIdx; 7511 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7512 bool HasVAListArg; 7513 }; 7514 7515 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7516 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7517 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7518 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7519 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7520 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7521 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7522 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7523 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7524 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7525 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7526 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7527 SourceLocation Loc); 7528 7529 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7530 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7531 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7532 VariadicCallType CallType); 7533 7534 7535 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7536 7537 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7538 7539 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7540 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7541 7542 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7543 7544 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7545 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7546 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7547 7548public: 7549 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7550 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7551 7552private: 7553 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7554 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7555 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7556 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7557 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7558 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7559 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7560 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7561 7562 enum FormatStringType { 7563 FST_Scanf, 7564 FST_Printf, 7565 FST_NSString, 7566 FST_Strftime, 7567 FST_Strfmon, 7568 FST_Kprintf, 7569 FST_Unknown 7570 }; 7571 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7572 7573 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7574 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7575 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7576 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7577 }; 7578 7579 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7580 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7581 bool HasVAListArg, 7582 unsigned format_idx, 7583 unsigned firstDataArg, 7584 FormatStringType Type, 7585 VariadicCallType CallType, 7586 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7587 7588 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7589 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7590 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7591 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7592 VariadicCallType CallType); 7593 7594 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7595 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7596 bool IsCXXMember, 7597 VariadicCallType CallType, 7598 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7599 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7600 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7601 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7602 VariadicCallType CallType, 7603 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7604 7605 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7606 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7607 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7608 7609 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7610 unsigned BId, 7611 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7612 7613 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7614 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7615 7616 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7617 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7618 7619 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7620 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7621 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7622 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7623 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7624 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7625 7626 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7627 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7628 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7629 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7630 7631 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7632 Expr *Init); 7633 7634public: 7635 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7636 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7637 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7638 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7639 7640 struct TypeTagData { 7641 TypeTagData() {} 7642 7643 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7644 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7645 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7646 {} 7647 7648 QualType Type; 7649 7650 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7651 /// layout-compatibility. 7652 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7653 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7654 }; 7655 7656 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7657 /// identifies the magic value. 7658 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7659 7660private: 7661 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7662 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7663 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7664 7665 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7666 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7667 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7668 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7669 7670 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7671 /// 7672 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7673 Scope *CurScope; 7674 7675 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7676 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7677 7678protected: 7679 friend class Parser; 7680 friend class InitializationSequence; 7681 friend class ASTReader; 7682 friend class ASTWriter; 7683 7684public: 7685 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7686 /// 7687 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7688 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7689 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7690 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7691 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7692 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7693 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7694 7695 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7696 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7697 7698 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7699 7700 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7701 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7702 } 7703 7704 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7705 7706 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7707 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7708 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7709 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7710 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7711 return DC; 7712 } 7713}; 7714 7715/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7716class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7717 Sema &Actions; 7718 7719public: 7720 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7721 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7722 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7723 bool IsDecltype = false) 7724 : Actions(Actions) { 7725 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7726 IsDecltype); 7727 } 7728 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7729 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7730 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7731 bool IsDecltype = false) 7732 : Actions(Actions) { 7733 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7734 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7735 IsDecltype); 7736 } 7737 7738 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7739 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7740 } 7741}; 7742 7743DeductionFailureInfo 7744MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7745 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7746 7747} // end namespace clang 7748 7749#endif 7750